]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
mailmap: some additions for recent commits
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 234:
4
5 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
6 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
7 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
8 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
9 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
10 summary:
11
12 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
13
14 becomes:
15
16 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
17
18 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
19 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
20 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
21 .device units.
22
23 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
24 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
25 running a systemd user instance.
26
27 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
28 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
29 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
30 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
31 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
32 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
33
34 * .link files now understand the new Port= setting.
35
36 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
37 (domain search list).
38
39 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
40 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
41 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
42 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
43 implementation of RA.
44
45 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
46 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
47 ISO date values.
48
49 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
50 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
51 devices.
52
53 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
54 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
55 option.
56
57 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
58 for processing internationalized domain names. The old version
59 remains supported, as it has a much smaller footprint.
60
61 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
62 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
63 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
64 SHA256SUMS files.
65
66 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
67 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
68
69 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
70
71 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
72
73 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
74 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
75
76 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
77 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
78 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
79 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
80
81 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
82 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
83 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
84 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
85 removed after the all plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
86 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
87
88 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos,
89 AlexanderKurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Amir Pakdel,
90 Amir Yalon, Anchor Cat, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
91 Charles Plessy, Christian Brauner, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
92 codekipper, Danielle Church, Daniel Drake, Daniel Molkentin,
93 Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann,
94 David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni,
95 Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico,
96 Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, flussence, Franck Bui, Gary Tierney,
97 George McCollister, hanklank, Hans de Goede, hecke, hendrikw01,
98 Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, iplayinsun, Ivan Shapovalov,
99 James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason Reeder,
100 João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg Thalheim,
101 Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow, kjackiewicz,
102 Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili, Lucas Werkmeister,
103 Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcin Bachry, Mark Stosberg,
104 Martin Pitt, Matija Skala, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
105 Matt Clarkson, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný,
106 Michal Sekletar, Michal Suchanek, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
107 Neil Brown, Pascal S. de Kloe, Patrik Flykt, Pat Riehecky,
108 Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall,
109 Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
110 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, steelman,
111 Stefan Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted W, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
112 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel,
113 Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø,
114 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, userwithuid, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho,
115 wiertel, Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
116
117 — Berlin, 2017-06-XX
118
119 CHANGES WITH 233:
120
121 * This version requires at least gperf 3.1 for building, 3.0 is not
122 sufficient.
123
124 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
125 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
126 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
127 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
128 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
129 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
130 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
131 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
132 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
133
134 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
135 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
136 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
137 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
138 default selected on the configure command line
139 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
140 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
141 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
142 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
143 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
144 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
145 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
146 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
147 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
148 greatest stability and compatibility only.
149
150 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
151 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
152 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
153 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
154 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
155 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
156 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
157 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
158 further details about this.)
159
160 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
161 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
162 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
163
164 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
165 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
166
167 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
168 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
169 with 'make install-tests'.
170
171 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
172 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
173 kernel.
174
175 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
176 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
177 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
178 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
179 by the Slice= option.
180
181 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
182 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
183 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
184 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
185
186 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
187 following choices:
188
189 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
190 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
191 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
192 (h)elp
193 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
194 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
195 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
196 (y)es, execute the command
197
198 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
199 because its meaning was confusing.
200
201 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
202 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
203
204 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
205 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
206 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
207
208 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
209 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
210 state directly, without executing these commands.
211
212 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
213 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
214 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
215
216 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
217 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
218 combination with After=) have been started.
219
220 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
221 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
222 setting, and which system calls they contain.
223
224 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
225 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
226 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
227 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
228 configuration related calls.
229
230 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
231 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
232 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
233 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
234 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
235 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
236 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
237
238 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
239 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
240
241 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
242 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
243 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
244
245 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
246 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
247
248 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
249 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
250 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
251 for compatibility.
252
253 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
254 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
255
256 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
257 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
258
259 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
260 support for negative matching.
261
262 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
263
264 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
265 permitted runtime of the mount command.
266
267 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
268 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
269 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
270 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
271 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
272 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
273 removed from the drive.
274
275 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
276 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
277
278 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
279 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
280
281 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
282 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
283 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
284
285 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
286 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
287 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
288 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
289 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
290 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
291 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
292
293 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
294 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
295 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
296 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
297 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
298 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
299
300 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
301 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
302
303 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
304 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
305 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
306 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
307 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
308 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
309 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
310 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
311
312 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
313 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
314 including all control processes.
315
316 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
317 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
318 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
319
320 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
321 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
322 prefixing the source path with "+".
323
324 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
325 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
326 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
327 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
328 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
329 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
330 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
331 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
332
333 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
334 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
335 before).
336
337 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
338 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
339 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
340 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
341 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
342 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
343 the new --root-hash= command line option).
344
345 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
346 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
347 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
348 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
349 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
350 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
351 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
352 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
353 versions.
354
355 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
356 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
357 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
358 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
359 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
360 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
361 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
362 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
363 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
364 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
365 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
366 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
367 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
368 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
369 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
370 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
371 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
372 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
373 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
374 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
375 a Verity-enabled root partition.
376
377 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
378 accelerometer quirks.
379
380 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
381 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
382 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
383 ID of each service.
384
385 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
386 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
387 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
388 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
389 view.
390
391 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
392 environment variables:
393
394 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
395
396 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
397 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
398 address.
399
400 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
401 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
402 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
403
404 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
405 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
406 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
407 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
408 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
409 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
410 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
411 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
412 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
413 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
414 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
415 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
416 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
417
418 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
419 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
420 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
421
422 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
423 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
424
425 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
426 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
427 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
428 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
429 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
430
431 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
432 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
433 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
434
435 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
436 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
437
438 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
439 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
440 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
441 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
442
443 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
444 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
445 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
446 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
447 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
448 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
449 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
450 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
451 possibly even including full integrity data.
452
453 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
454 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
455 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
456 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
457 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
458
459 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
460 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
461 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
462 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
463 directly with systemd-nspawn.
464
465 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
466 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
467 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
468 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
469
470 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
471 of coredumps in reverse order.
472
473 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
474 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
475 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
476 additional informational message in its output.
477
478 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
479 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
480 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
481
482 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
483 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
484 scripting languages such as Python.
485
486 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
487 namespacing is enabled for them.
488
489 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
490 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
491 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
492 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
493 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
494 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
495
496 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
497 root key (KSK).
498
499 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
500 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
501 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
502
503 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
504 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
505 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
506 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
507 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
508 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
509 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
510 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
511 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
512 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
513 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
514 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
515 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
516 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
517 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
518 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
519 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
520 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
521 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
522 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
523 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
524 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
525 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
526 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
527 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
528 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
529 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
530 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
531 Тихонов
532
533 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
534
535 CHANGES WITH 232:
536
537 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
538 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
539 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
540 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
541 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
542 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
543
544 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
545 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
546
547 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
548 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
549 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
550
551 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
552 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
553 to be remounted read-only for a service.
554
555 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
556 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
557 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
558 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
559
560 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
561 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
562
563 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
564 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
565 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
566
567 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
568 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
569 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
570 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
571 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
572 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
573 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
574 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
575 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
576 permanent modifications to the system.
577
578 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
579 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
580 container or chroot environments.
581
582 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
583 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
584 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
585 mapped to nobody.
586
587 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
588 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
589 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
590 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
591
592 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
593 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
594
595 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
596 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
597 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
598 and the support is provisional.
599
600 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
601 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
602 unit files in the file system).
603
604 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
605 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
606 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
607 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
608 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
609 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
610 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
611 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
612 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
613 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
614 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
615 state is fixed automatically.
616
617 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
618 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
619 option.
620
621 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
622 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
623 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
624 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
625 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
626 else.
627
628 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
629 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
630 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
631 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
632 bootable on physical systems.
633
634 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
635
636 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
637 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
638 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
639 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
640 used.
641
642 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
643 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
644 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
645 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
646
647 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
648
649 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
650 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
651 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
652 of the container).
653
654 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
655 files from the specified location.
656
657 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
658 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
659 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
660 be active.
661
662 * The hardware database has been extended to support
663 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
664 trackball devices.
665
666 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
667 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
668 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
669
670 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
671 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
672 specified service binary exited.)
673
674 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
675 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
676
677 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
678 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
679 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
680 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
681 --since= and --until= options.
682
683 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
684 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
685 are automatically propagated to the container.
686
687 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
688 from a single IP address can be limited with
689 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
690 MaxConnections=.
691
692 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
693 configuration.
694
695 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
696 drop-ins.
697
698 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
699 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
700 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
701 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
702 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
703 [Link] section of .link files.
704
705 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
706 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
707 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
708 section of .netdev files.
709
710 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
711 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
712 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
713
714 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
715 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
716 .network files.
717
718 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
719 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
720 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
721 service runtime cycle.
722
723 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
724 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
725 has been traditionally doing.
726
727 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
728 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
729 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
730 prevent any later plugins from running.
731
732 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
733 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
734 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
735 default of SplitMode=uid.
736
737 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
738 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
739 useful.
740
741 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
742 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
743 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
744 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
745 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
746 individual namespaces.
747
748 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
749 the output, as well as OS release information.
750
751 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
752
753 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
754 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
755 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
756 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
757 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
758
759 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
760 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
761 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
762 severed.
763
764 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
765 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
766 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
767 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
768 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
769 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
770 information about exit statuses and results.
771
772 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
773 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
774 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
775 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
776 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
777 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
778
779 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
780
781 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
782 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
783 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
784 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
785 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
786 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
787 entirely.
788
789 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
790 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
791 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
792
793 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
794 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
795 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
796 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
797 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
798 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
799 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
800 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
801 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
802 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
803 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
804 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
805 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
806 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
807 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
808 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
809 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
810
811 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
812 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
813 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
814 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
815
816 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
817 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
818 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
819 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
820
821 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
822 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
823 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
824 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
825 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
826 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
827 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
828 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
829 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
830 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
831 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
832 fragment entirely.)
833
834 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
835 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
836 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
837
838 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
839 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
840 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
841 FileDescriptorName= setting.
842
843 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
844 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
845 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
846 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
847 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
848 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
849
850 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
851 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
852
853 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
854 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
855
856 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
857 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
858 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
859 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
860 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
861
862 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
863 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
864 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
865 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
866 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
867 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
868 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
869 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
870 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
871 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
872 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
873 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
874 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
875 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
876 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
877 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
878 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
879 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
880 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
881 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
882 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
883 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
884 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
885 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
886 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
887 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
888
889 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
890
891 CHANGES WITH 231:
892
893 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
894 with an additional special character as first argument of the
895 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
896 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
897 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
898 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
899 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
900 independently.
901
902 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
903 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
904
905 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
906 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
907 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
908 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
909 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
910 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
911 values.
912
913 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
914 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
915 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
916 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
917 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
918
919 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
920 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
921 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
922 7:10am every day.
923
924 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
925 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
926 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
927 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
928 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
929 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
930 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
931 available for compatibility.
932
933 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
934 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
935 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
936 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
937 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
938 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
939
940 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
941 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
942 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
943 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
944 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
945 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
946 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
947 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
948 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
949
950 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
951 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
952 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
953 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
954 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
955 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
956 desired options.
957
958 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
959 cgroupsv2.
960
961 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
962 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
963 limited to subgroups of that group.
964
965 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
966 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
967 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
968 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
969 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
970 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
971 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
972 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
973
974 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
975 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
976 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
977 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
978 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
979 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
980 own long-running services.
981
982 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
983 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
984 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
985 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
986
987 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
988 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
989 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
990 propagates this notification further to the service manager
991 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
992 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
993 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
994 primitives.
995
996 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
997 "terminate".
998
999 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1000 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1001
1002 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1003 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1004 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1005 --flush-caches".
1006
1007 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1008 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1009 is shown.
1010
1011 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1012 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1013 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1014 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1015 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1016 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1017
1018 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1019 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1020 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1021 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1022 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1023 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1024 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1025 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1026 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1027 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1028 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1029 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1030 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1031 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1032 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1033 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1034 bus API instead.
1035
1036 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1037 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1038 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1039 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1040
1041 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1042 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1043 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1044 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1045
1046 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1047 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1048 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1049
1050 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1051 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1052
1053 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1054 interface configuration.
1055
1056 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1057 specifying the --force switch.
1058
1059 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1060 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1061 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1062
1063 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1064 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1065 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1066 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1067 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1068 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1069 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1070 to be handled.
1071
1072 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1073 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1074
1075 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1076 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1077
1078 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1079 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1080 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1081
1082 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1083 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1084
1085 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1086 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1087 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1088 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1089 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1090 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1091 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1092 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1093 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1094 library.
1095
1096 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1097 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1098 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1099 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1100 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1101 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1102 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1103 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1104 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1105 HACKING for details.
1106
1107 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1108 distribution's bugtracker.
1109
1110 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1111 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1112 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1113 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1114 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1115 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1116 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1117 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1118 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1119 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1120 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1121 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1122 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1123 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1124 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1125 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1126 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1127 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1128 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1129
1130 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1131
1132 CHANGES WITH 230:
1133
1134 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1135 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1136 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1137 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1138 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1139 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1140 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1141 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1142 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1143 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1144 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1145 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1146 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1147 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1148 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1149 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1150 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1151 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1152 applications.)
1153
1154 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1155 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1156 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1157
1158 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1159 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1160 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1161 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1162 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1163 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1164 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1165
1166 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1167 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1168 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1169 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1170 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1171 command works for tmux.
1172
1173 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1174 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1175 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1176 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1177 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1178 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1179
1180 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1181 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1182
1183 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1184 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1185 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1186
1187 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1188
1189 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1190 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1191 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1192 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1193 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1194
1195 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1196 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1197 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1198 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1199
1200 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1201 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1202 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1203 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1204 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1205 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1206
1207 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1208 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1209 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1210
1211 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1212 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1213 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1214 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1215 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1216 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1217
1218 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1219 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1220 address.
1221
1222 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1223 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1224 should be emitted.
1225
1226 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1227 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1228 supported.
1229
1230 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1231 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1232 logging performance.
1233
1234 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1235 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1236 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1237 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1238 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1239 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1240
1241 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1242 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1243 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1244 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1245
1246 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1247 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1248
1249 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1250 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1251 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1252
1253 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1254
1255 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1256 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1257 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1258 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1259
1260 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1261 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1262 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1263 refuse to operate on such files.
1264
1265 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1266 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1267 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1268
1269 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1270 just hidden container images.
1271
1272 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1273 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1274
1275 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1276 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1277 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1278 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1279 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1280 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1281 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1282 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1283 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1284 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1285 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1286
1287 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1288 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1289 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1290 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1291 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1292 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1293 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1294 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1295 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1296 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1297 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1298 terminates.
1299
1300 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1301 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1302 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1303 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1304
1305 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1306 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1307 rate of the socket unit.
1308
1309 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1310 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1311 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1312 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1313 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1314
1315 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1316 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1317 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1318 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1319 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1320 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1321 with this.
1322
1323 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1324 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1325
1326 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1327 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1328
1329 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1330 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1331 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1332 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1333 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1334
1335 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1336 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1337 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1338
1339 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1340 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1341 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1342 target is now included in early userspace.
1343
1344 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1345 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1346 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1347 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1348 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1349 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1350 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1351 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1352 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1353 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1354 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1355 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1356 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1357 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1358 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1359 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1360 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1361 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1362 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1363 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1364 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1365 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1366 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1367 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1368 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1369 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1370
1371 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1372
1373 CHANGES WITH 229:
1374
1375 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1376 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1377 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1378 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1379 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1380 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1381 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1382 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1383 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1384 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1385 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1386 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1387 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1388
1389 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1390 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1391 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1392 /usr/bin.
1393
1394 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1395 devices.
1396
1397 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1398 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1399 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1400 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1401 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1402 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1403 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1404 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1405 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1406 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1407 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1408 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1409 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1410 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1411 this limit.
1412
1413 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1414 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1415 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1416 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1417 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1418 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1419 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1420 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1421
1422 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1423 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1424 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1425 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1426 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1427 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1428 and group at package installation time.
1429
1430 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1431 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1432 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1433 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1434 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1435
1436 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1437 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1438 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1439 supports it.
1440
1441 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1442 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1443
1444 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1445 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1446 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1447 file is already initialized.
1448
1449 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1450 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1451 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1452 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1453 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1454 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1455 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1456 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1457 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1458
1459 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1460 working directory for the process started in the container.
1461
1462 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1463 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1464 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1465 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1466 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1467
1468 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1469 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1470 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1471
1472 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1473 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1474 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1475 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1476
1477 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1478 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1479 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1480 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1481 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1482
1483 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1484 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1485 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1486 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1487
1488 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1489 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1490 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1491 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1492 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1493 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1494 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1495 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1496 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1497 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1498 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1499 by PID 1.
1500
1501 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1502 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1503 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1504 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1505 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1506 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1507 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1508 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1509
1510 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1511
1512 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1513 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1514 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1515
1516 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1517 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1518 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1519 recent kernels.
1520
1521 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1522 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1523
1524 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1525 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1526 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1527 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1528 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1529 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1530 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1531 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1532 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1533 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1534 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1535 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1536 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1537
1538 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1539 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1540 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1541 clusters or larger setups.
1542
1543 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1544
1545 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1546 sockets.
1547
1548 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1549
1550 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1551 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1552 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1553 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1554 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1555 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1556
1557 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1558 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1559 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1560
1561 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1562 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
1563 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1564 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
1565
1566 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
1567
1568 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1569 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1570 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1571 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1572 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1573 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1574 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1575 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1576 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1577 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1578 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1579 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1580 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1581 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1582 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1583 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1584 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1585 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1586 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1587
1588 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
1589
1590 CHANGES WITH 228:
1591
1592 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1593 files are now also available as properties to set when
1594 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1595 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1596 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1597 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1598 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1599 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1600 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1601
1602 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1603 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1604 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
1605
1606 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1607 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1608 created transiently.
1609
1610 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1611 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1612 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1613 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1614 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
1615 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
1616 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1617 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1618
1619 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1620 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1621 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1622
1623 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1624 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1625 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1626 enabled.
1627
1628 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1629 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1630 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1631 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1632 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1633 subvolumes.
1634
1635 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1636 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1637
1638 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
1639 individual indexes.
1640
1641 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1642 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1643 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1644 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1645 suffixes now.
1646
1647 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1648 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1649 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1650 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1651 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1652 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1653 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1654 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1655 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1656 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1657 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1658 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1659 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1660 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1661 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1662 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1663 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1664 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1665 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1666 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1667 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1668
1669 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1670 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1671 links between the host and the container.
1672
1673 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1674 added that allows importing select environment variables
1675 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1676 the service.
1677
1678 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
1679 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
1680 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1681 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1682 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1683 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1684 than until they first elapse.
1685
1686 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
1687 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1688 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
1689 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1690 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1691 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1692 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1693 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1694
1695 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1696 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1697 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1698 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1699 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1700 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1701 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
1702 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
1703 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1704 journal and in coredump handling.
1705
1706 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1707 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1708 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
1709 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
1710 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1711 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1712 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1713 software you package still references it, as this is a
1714 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1715 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1716
1717 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
1718
1719 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1720 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1721
1722 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1723 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1724 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1725
1726 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1727 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1728 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1729 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1730 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1731 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1732 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1733 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1734 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1735 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1736 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1737 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1738 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1739 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1740 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1741 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1742
1743 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1744 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1745 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1746 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1747 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1748 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1749 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1750 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1751 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1752 surprises.
1753
1754 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1755 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1756 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1757 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1758 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1759 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1760 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1761 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1762 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1763 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1764 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
1765 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
1766 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1767 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1768 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1769 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1770 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1771 of PID 1 is the root user).
1772
1773 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
1774 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
1775 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1776 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
1777 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1778 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
1779 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1780 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
1781 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
1782 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
1783 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
1784 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
1785 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1786 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
1787 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1788
1789 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
1790
1791 CHANGES WITH 227:
1792
1793 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
1794 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
1795 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
1796
1797 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
1798 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
1799 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
1800 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
1801 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
1802 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
1803
1804 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
1805 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
1806 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
1807 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
1808 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
1809
1810 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
1811 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
1812 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
1813 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
1814 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
1815 packets on unestablished sockets.
1816
1817 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
1818 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
1819 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
1820 automatically.
1821
1822 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
1823 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
1824 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
1825
1826 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
1827 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
1828 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
1829 for disk IO.
1830
1831 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
1832 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
1833 removed.
1834
1835 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
1836 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
1837 directory is set to the home directory of the user
1838 configured in User=.
1839
1840 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
1841 directory of the selected user by default.
1842
1843 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
1844 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
1845 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
1846 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
1847 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
1848 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
1849 compat reasons.
1850
1851 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
1852 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
1853 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
1854 units.
1855
1856 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
1857 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
1858 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
1859 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
1860 level.
1861
1862 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
1863 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
1864 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
1865 namespaces work correctly.
1866
1867 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
1868 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
1869 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
1870 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
1871 activation.
1872
1873 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
1874 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
1875 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
1876 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
1877 system instance in a container.
1878
1879 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
1880 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
1881 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
1882 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
1883 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
1884 connections.
1885
1886 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
1887 show the control groups within a certain container only.
1888
1889 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
1890 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
1891 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
1892 processes attached, or similar.
1893
1894 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
1895 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
1896 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
1897
1898 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
1899 specifiers like %i or %f.
1900
1901 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
1902 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1903 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1904 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1905
1906 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1907 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
1908 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
1909 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1910 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1911 descriptors using sd_notify().
1912
1913 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1914
1915 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
1916 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
1917
1918 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1919 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1920
1921 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
1922 .network files.
1923
1924 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1925 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1926 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1927 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1928 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1929 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1930 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1931 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1932 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1933 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1934 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1935 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1936 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1937 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1938 gdm-autologin is used.
1939
1940 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1941 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1942 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1943 next to the image file.
1944
1945 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1946 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1947 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1948 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1949
1950 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1951 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1952 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1953 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1954 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1955 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1956
1957 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1958 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1959 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1960 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
1961 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
1962 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1963 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1964 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1965 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1966 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1967 number of files in place.
1968
1969 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1970 on kernels where that is supported.
1971
1972 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
1973
1974 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1975 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1976 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1977 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1978 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1979 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1980 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1981 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1982 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1983 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1984 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1985 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1986 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
1987 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
1988 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
1989 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1990 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
1991 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
1992
1993 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
1994
1995 CHANGES WITH 226:
1996
1997 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
1998 new features:
1999
2000 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2001 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2002 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2003 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2004 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2005 is any) is propagated.
2006
2007 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2008 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2009 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2010 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2011 information is enabled between host and containers by
2012 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2013 to what the host has set.
2014
2015 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2016 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2017
2018 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2019 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2020 information back, even if the server loses state.
2021
2022 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2023 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2024 PoolSize=.
2025
2026 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2027 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2028 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2029 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2030
2031 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2032 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2033 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2034 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2035 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2036
2037 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2038 for virtio devices.
2039
2040 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2041 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2042 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2043 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2044 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2045 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2046 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2047 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2048 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2049 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2050 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2051 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2052 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2053 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2054 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2055 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2056 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2057 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2058 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2059 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2060 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2061 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2062 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2063 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2064 grants them.
2065
2066 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2067 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2068 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2069 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2070 group tree.
2071
2072 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2073 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2074 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2075 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2076 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2077 work correctly in containers now.
2078
2079 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2080 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2081
2082 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2083 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2084 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2085 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2086 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2087
2088 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2089 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2090 signal events.
2091
2092 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2093 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2094 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2095 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2096 on these parameters.
2097
2098 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2099 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2100 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2101 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2102 nspawn command line.
2103
2104 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2105 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2106 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2107 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2108 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2109 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2110 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2111 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2112
2113 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2114
2115 CHANGES WITH 225:
2116
2117 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2118 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2119 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2120 shell directly without prompting for username or
2121 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2122 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2123 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2124 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2125 the originating session.
2126
2127 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2128 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2129
2130 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2131 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2132 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2133 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2134 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2135 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2136 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2137 this release.
2138
2139 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2140 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2141 messages.
2142
2143 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2144 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2145 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2146
2147 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2148 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2149
2150 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2151 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2152 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2153 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2154 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2155 posteriori.
2156
2157 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2158 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2159
2160 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2161 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2162 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2163 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2164 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2165 "lastlog" tools.
2166
2167 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2168 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2169 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2170 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2171 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2172
2173 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2174 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2175 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2176 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2177 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2178 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2179 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2180 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2181 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2182 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2183 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2184 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2185
2186 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2187
2188 CHANGES WITH 224:
2189
2190 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2191 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2192
2193 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2194 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2195 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2196
2197 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2198 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2199 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2200
2201 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2202
2203 CHANGES WITH 223:
2204
2205 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2206 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2207 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2208 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2209
2210 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2211 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2212
2213 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2214 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2215
2216 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2217
2218 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2219 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2220 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2221
2222 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2223 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2224 decapsulated packet.
2225
2226 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2227 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2228 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2229 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2230 netlink attribute.
2231
2232 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2233 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2234 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2235 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2236
2237 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2238 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2239 according to RFC2460.
2240
2241 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2242 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2243
2244 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2245 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2246 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2247
2248 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2249 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2250 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2251 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2252 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2253 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2254
2255 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2256 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2257 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2258 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2259 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2260 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2261 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2262 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2263 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2264 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2265
2266 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2267
2268 CHANGES WITH 222:
2269
2270 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2271 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2272 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2273
2274 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2275 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2276
2277 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2278 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2279 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2280 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2281 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2282
2283 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2284 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2285 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2286
2287 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2288 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2289 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2290 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2291 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2292
2293 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2294
2295 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2296 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2297 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2298 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2299 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2300 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2301 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2302 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2303 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2304 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2305
2306 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2307
2308 CHANGES WITH 221:
2309
2310 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2311 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2312 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2313 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2314 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2315 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2316 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2317 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2318 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2319 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2320 portable to other kernels.
2321
2322 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2323 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2324 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2325 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2326 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2327 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2328 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2329 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2330 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2331 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2332 systemd enabled.
2333
2334 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2335 2.26.
2336
2337 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2338 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2339 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2340 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2341 in README for details.
2342
2343 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2344 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2345 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2346 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2347 unit.
2348
2349 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2350 into man pages.
2351
2352 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2353 external project.
2354
2355 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2356 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2357
2358 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2359 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2360 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2361 state.
2362
2363 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2364 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2365 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2366
2367 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2368 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2369 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2370 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2371 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2372 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2373 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2374 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2375 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2376 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2377 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2378 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2379 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2380 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2381 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2382 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2383
2384 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2385
2386 CHANGES WITH 220:
2387
2388 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2389 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2390 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2391 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2392 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2393 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2394 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2395 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2396
2397 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2398 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2399 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2400 service consumed). This value is only available if
2401 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2402 in the "systemctl status" output.
2403
2404 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2405 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2406 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2407 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2408 previously was already the default behaviour).
2409
2410 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2411 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2412 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2413
2414 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2415 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2416 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2417 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2418
2419 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2420 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2421 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2422 journalling file systems that support external journal
2423 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2424 systems to be mounted.
2425
2426 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2427 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2428 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2429 stable release this should not be problematic.
2430
2431 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2432 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2433 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2434 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2435 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2436
2437 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2438 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2439 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2440 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2441 network switches.
2442
2443 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2444 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2445
2446 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2447 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2448 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2449
2450 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2451
2452 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2453 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2454 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2455 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2456 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2457 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2458 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2459 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2460 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2461 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2462 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2463 been fixed in v220.
2464
2465 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2466 systemd-networkd.
2467
2468 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2469 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2470 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2471 containers started from the command line.
2472
2473 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2474 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2475
2476 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2477 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2478 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2479 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2480
2481 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2482 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2483 when shutting down.
2484
2485 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2486 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2487 overlayfs support.
2488
2489 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2490 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2491 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2492 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2493 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2494 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2495 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2496
2497 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2498 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2499 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2500
2501 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2502 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2503 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2504 of v1 as before).
2505
2506 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2507 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2508
2509 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2510 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2511 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2512 their own sessions without further privileges or
2513 authorization.
2514
2515 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2516 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2517 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2518 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2519 accessible via a bus interface.
2520
2521 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2522 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2523 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2524 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2525 to cover this functionality.
2526
2527 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2528 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2529 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2530 disabled/masked also stopped.
2531
2532 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2533 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2534 updated to support systemd-boot.
2535
2536 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2537 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2538 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2539 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2540 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2541 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2542 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2543 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2544 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2545
2546 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2547 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2548 system.
2549
2550 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2551 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2552 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2553 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2554 device symlinks.
2555
2556 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2557 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2558 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2559 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2560
2561 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2562 stick devices has been added.
2563
2564 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2565 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2566
2567 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2568 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2569 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2570 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2571 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2572
2573 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2574 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2575 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2576
2577 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2578 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2579 Debian.
2580
2581 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2582 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2583 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2584
2585 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2586 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2587 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2588 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2589 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2590 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2591 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2592 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2593 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2594 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2595 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2596 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2597 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2598 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2599 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2600 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2601 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2602 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2603 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2604 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2605 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2606 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2607 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2608 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2609 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2610 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2611 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2612
2613 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
2614
2615 CHANGES WITH 219:
2616
2617 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2618 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2619 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2620 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2621 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2622 interface with and update the database.
2623
2624 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2625 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2626 before bytewise copying is done.
2627
2628 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2629 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2630 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2631 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2632 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2633 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2634 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2635 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2636 available on btrfs file systems.
2637
2638 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2639 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
2640 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
2641 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2642 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2643 systems.
2644
2645 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2646 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2647 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2648 mount point remains.
2649
2650 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2651 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2652 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2653 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2654 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2655 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2656 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2657 are disabled.
2658
2659 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2660 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2661 container to the host or vice versa.
2662
2663 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2664 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2665 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2666
2667 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2668 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2669
2670 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2671 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2672 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2673 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2674 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2675 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2676 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2677 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2678 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
2679 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
2680 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2681 make the functionality of importd available to the
2682 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2683 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2684 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2685 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2686 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2687 only fully supported on btrfs.
2688
2689 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2690 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2691 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2692 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2693 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2694 information about images.
2695
2696 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2697 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
2698 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
2699 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2700 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2701 legacy file systems).
2702
2703 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2704 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2705 shown in networkctl output.
2706
2707 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2708 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2709 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2710 processes as system services while interactively
2711 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2712 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2713 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2714 full login session, the difference being that the former
2715 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2716 setup.
2717
2718 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2719 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2720 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2721 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2722 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2723
2724 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2725 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2726 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2727 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2728 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2729 via qemu/kvm.
2730
2731 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2732 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2733 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2734 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2735 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2736 disk images, too.
2737
2738 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2739 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2740 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2741 integrate with that.
2742
2743 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2744 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2745 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2746 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2747
2748 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2749 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2750 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2751
2752 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2753 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2754 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2755 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2756 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2757 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2758 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2759 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2760 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2761 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2762
2763 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2764 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2765 files.
2766
2767 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
2768 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
2769 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
2770 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
2771 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2772 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2773 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
2774 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
2775 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
2776 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
2777 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
2778 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
2779 explicitly turned on.
2780
2781 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
2782 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
2783 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
2784 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
2785
2786 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
2787 supported.
2788
2789 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
2790 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
2791 user/session following the status output. Similar,
2792 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
2793 associated with a virtual machine or container
2794 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
2795 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
2796 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
2797 output however.)
2798
2799 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
2800 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
2801 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
2802 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
2803 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
2804 caller's session/user.
2805
2806 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
2807 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
2808 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
2809 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
2810 user services.
2811
2812 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
2813 same way as unit files.
2814
2815 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
2816 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
2817 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
2818 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
2819 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
2820 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
2821 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
2822 the host.
2823
2824 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
2825 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
2826 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
2827 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
2828 the host as if their services were running directly on the
2829 host.
2830
2831 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
2832 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
2833 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
2834 updated to make use of it too by default.
2835
2836 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
2837 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
2838 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
2839 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
2840
2841 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
2842 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
2843 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
2844 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
2845 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
2846 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
2847 modification.
2848
2849 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
2850 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
2851 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
2852 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
2853 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
2854 information about Touchpad types.
2855
2856 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
2857 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
2858
2859 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
2860 Policy link field.
2861
2862 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
2863 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
2864
2865 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
2866 ACLs on files.
2867
2868 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
2869 tmpfs, automatically.
2870
2871 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
2872 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
2873 status" output, if available.
2874
2875 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
2876 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
2877 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
2878 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
2879 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
2880 run on next reboot.
2881
2882 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
2883 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
2884 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
2885 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
2886 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
2887 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
2888 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
2889
2890 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
2891 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
2892 after a configurable timeout.
2893
2894 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
2895 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
2896 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
2897 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
2898 it non-idle.
2899
2900 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
2901 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2902
2903 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2904 each .network interface in networkd.
2905
2906 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2907 in .network files.
2908
2909 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2910 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2911
2912 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
2913 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2914 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2915 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2916 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2917 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2918 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2919 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2920 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2921 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2922 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2923 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2924 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2925 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2926 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
2927 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2928 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2929 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2930 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2931 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2932 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2933 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
2934 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2935 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2936
2937 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
2938
2939 CHANGES WITH 218:
2940
2941 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2942 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2943 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
2944 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
2945
2946 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
2947 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
2948 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2949 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2950 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2951
2952 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2953
2954 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
2955 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
2956 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2957 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2958 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2959 modified configuration after editing.
2960
2961 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2962 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2963 system preset files.
2964
2965 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2966 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2967 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2968 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2969 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2970 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2971 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2972 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2973 other contexts.
2974
2975 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2976 inhibitors.
2977
2978 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
2979 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
2980 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2981 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2982 managers.
2983
2984 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2985 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2986 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
2987 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
2988 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
2989 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
2990 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
2991 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
2992 parallel to journald.
2993
2994 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
2995 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
2996 available.
2997
2998 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
2999 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3000 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3001 or are not older than the specified time.
3002
3003 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3004 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3005 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3006 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3007
3008 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3009 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3010 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3011 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3012 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3013 communication.
3014
3015 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3016 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3017 services.
3018
3019 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3020 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3021 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3022 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3023 the new "busctl tree" command.
3024
3025 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3026 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3027 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3028 friendly way.
3029
3030 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3031 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3032 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3033 race-ful way.
3034
3035 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3036 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3037 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3038 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3039 --link-journal=try-guest.
3040
3041 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3042 stable MAC addresses.
3043
3044 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3045 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3046 the respective unit shall use.
3047
3048 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3049 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3050 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3051 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3052
3053 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3054 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3055 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3056 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3057 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3058 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3059
3060 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3061 details see:
3062
3063 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3064
3065 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3066 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3067 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3068 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3069 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3070 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3071 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3072 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3073 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3074 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3075 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3076 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3077
3078 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3079 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3080 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3081 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3082 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3083
3084 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3085 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3086 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3087 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3088 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3089 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3090 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3091 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3092
3093 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3094 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3095 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3096 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3097 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3098 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3099 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3100 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3101 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3102 interface.
3103
3104 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3105 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3106 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3107 luks.name= argument.
3108
3109 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3110 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3111 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3112 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3113 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3114 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3115
3116 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3117 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3118 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3119
3120 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3121 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3122 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3123 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3124 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3125 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3126 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3127 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3128 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3129 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3130 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3131 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3132 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3133 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3134 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3135 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3136 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3137 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3138
3139 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3140
3141 CHANGES WITH 217:
3142
3143 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3144 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3145 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3146 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3147
3148 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3149 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3150 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3151 now waits until the operation is complete.
3152
3153 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3154 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3155 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3156 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3157 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3158 connection.
3159
3160 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3161 commands anymore.
3162
3163 * User units are now loaded also from
3164 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3165 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3166 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3167
3168 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3169 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3170 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3171 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3172 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3173 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3174 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3175 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3176 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3177 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3178 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3179 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3180 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3181 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3182 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3183 question.
3184
3185 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3186 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3187 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3188
3189 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3190 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3191 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3192 command line to trigger resume.
3193
3194 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3195 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3196 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3197 Desktop=systemd-console.
3198
3199 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3200 systemd-networkd.
3201
3202 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3203 from the information provided by the networking stack
3204 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3205
3206 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3207 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3208
3209 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3210 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3211 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3212
3213 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3214
3215 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3216 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3217 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3218 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3219 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3220 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3221
3222 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3223 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3224 respected.
3225
3226 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3227 virtualization.
3228
3229 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3230 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3231 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3232 on.
3233
3234 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3235
3236 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3237
3238 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3239 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3240 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3241 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3242 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3243 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3244 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3245
3246 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3247 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3248 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3249 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3250 from the service's view entirely.
3251
3252 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3253 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3254
3255 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3256 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3257 session.
3258
3259 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3260 legacy-free systems.
3261
3262 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3263 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3264 easily.
3265
3266 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3267 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3268 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3269 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3270 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3271 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3272 option.
3273
3274 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3275 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3276 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3277 /usr.
3278
3279 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3280 services, not only the main process.
3281
3282 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3283 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3284 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3285 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3286 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3287
3288 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3289 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3290 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3291 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3292 directly from now on, again.
3293
3294 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3295 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3296 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3297 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3298 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3299 unit file enabling and disabling.
3300
3301 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3302 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3303 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3304 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3305 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3306 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3307 unnecessary or unlikely.
3308
3309 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3310 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3311 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3312 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3313
3314 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3315 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3316 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3317 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3318 overwritten at runtime.
3319
3320 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3321 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3322 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3323 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3324 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3325 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3326 segmentation fault.
3327
3328 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3329 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3330 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3331 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3332 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3333 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3334 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3335 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3336 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3337 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3338 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3339 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3340 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3341 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3342 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3343 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3344 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3345 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3346 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3347 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3348 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3349 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3350
3351 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3352
3353 CHANGES WITH 216:
3354
3355 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3356 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3357 implementations should add a
3358
3359 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3360
3361 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3362 default functionality.
3363
3364 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3365 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3366 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3367 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3368 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3369 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3370 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3371 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3372 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3373 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3374 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3375 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3376 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3377
3378 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3379 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3380 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3381 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3382 expected to be added eventually, too.
3383
3384 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3385 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3386 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3387 new command to update these fields.
3388
3389 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3390 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3391 have been discovered via DHCP.
3392
3393 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3394 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3395 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3396 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3397 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3398 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3399 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3400 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3401 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3402 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3403 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3404 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3405 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3406 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3407 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3408 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3409 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3410 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3411 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3412 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3413
3414 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3415 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3416 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3417
3418 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3419 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3420 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3421 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3422 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3423 control utility for networkd.
3424
3425 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3426 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3427 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3428 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3429 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3430 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3431 (NoDelay=).
3432
3433 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3434 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3435
3436 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3437 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3438 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3439 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3440 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3441 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3442
3443 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3444 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3445 of the link.
3446
3447 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3448 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3449
3450 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3451 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3452
3453 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3454 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3455 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3456 for DHCP.
3457
3458 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3459 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3460 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3461 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3462 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3463 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3464 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3465 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3466
3467 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3468 validation of unit files.
3469
3470 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3471 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3472 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3473 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3474 address may now be configured.
3475
3476 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3477 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3478 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3479 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3480
3481 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3482 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3483
3484 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3485 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3486 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3487 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3488
3489 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3490 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3491 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3492 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3493 implementation.
3494
3495 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3496 journal data to a remote system running
3497 systemd-journal-remote.
3498
3499 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3500 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3501 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3502 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3503 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3504 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3505 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3506 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3507 version, you have to turn this option on again
3508 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3509
3510 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3511 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3512 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3513
3514 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3515 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3516
3517 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3518 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3519
3520 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3521 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3522 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3523
3524 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3525 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3526 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3527 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3528 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3529
3530 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3531
3532 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3533
3534 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3535 when primary addresses are removed.
3536
3537 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3538 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3539 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3540 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3541 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3542 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3543 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3544 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3545 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3546 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3547 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3548 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3549 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3550 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3551 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3552
3553 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
3554
3555 CHANGES WITH 215:
3556
3557 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3558 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3559 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3560 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3561 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3562 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3563 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3564 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3565 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3566 require.
3567
3568 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3569 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3570
3571 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3572 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3573 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3574 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3575 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3576 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3577 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3578
3579 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3580 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3581 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3582 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3583 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3584 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3585 update or reset should use this condition and order
3586 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3587 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3588 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3589 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3590 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3591 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3592 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
3593 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
3594 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3595
3596 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3597
3598 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3599 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3600 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3601 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3602
3603 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3604 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3605 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3606 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3607 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3608 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3609 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
3610 .network files using settings of this section should be
3611 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3612 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
3613
3614 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3615 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
3616
3617 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3618 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3619 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3620 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3621 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3622 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3623 of nspawn instances.
3624
3625 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3626 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3627 added.
3628
3629 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3630 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3631 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3632 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3633 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3634 configuration stored in /etc.
3635
3636 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3637 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3638 parsing of unknown mount options.
3639
3640 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3641 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3642 it already exist and not already be the correct
3643 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
3644 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3645 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3646 pre-existing files of different types.
3647
3648 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3649 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
3650 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
3651 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3652 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3653 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3654 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3655
3656 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3657 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3658 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3659 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3660 shall be executed.
3661
3662 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3663 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
3664 example whether it is fully up and running.
3665
3666 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3667 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3668 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3669 reset.
3670
3671 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3672 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3673
3674 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3675 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3676 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3677
3678 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3679 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3680 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3681
3682 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3683 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3684 access to this group.
3685
3686 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3687 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3688 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3689 to the journal.
3690
3691 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3692 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3693 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3694 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3695 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3696 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3697
3698 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3699 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3700 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3701 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3702 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3703 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3704 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3705 the old name to the new name.
3706
3707 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
3708 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
3709 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3710
3711 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3712 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3713 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3714 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3715 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3716 "systemd-debug-generator".
3717
3718 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3719 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3720 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3721 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3722 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3723 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3724 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
3725 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3726 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
3727 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3728 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3729
3730 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3731 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3732 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
3733 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3734 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3735 machine and user.
3736
3737 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3738 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3739 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3740 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3741 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3742
3743 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3744 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3745 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3746 couple of drop-in directories.
3747
3748 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3749 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3750 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3751 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3752 for dev_port.
3753
3754 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3755 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3756 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3757 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3758
3759 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3760 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3761 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3762 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3763 Restart= setting.
3764
3765 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3766 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3767 directly connect to a specific container on the
3768 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3769 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3770 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3771 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3772 containers is a privileged operation.
3773
3774 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
3775 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
3776 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
3777 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
3778 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3779 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
3780 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3781 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
3782 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
3783 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
3784 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
3785 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3786
3787 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
3788
3789 CHANGES WITH 214:
3790
3791 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
3792 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
3793 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
3794 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
3795 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
3796 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
3797 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
3798 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
3799 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
3800 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
3801 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
3802 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
3803 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
3804 devices are excluded from this logic.
3805
3806 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
3807 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
3808 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
3809 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
3810 change has been released.
3811
3812 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
3813 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
3814 libattr is thus unnecessary.
3815
3816 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
3817 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
3818 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
3819 with fewer privileges.
3820
3821 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
3822 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
3823 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
3824 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
3825
3826 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
3827 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
3828
3829 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
3830 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
3831
3832 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
3833 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
3834 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
3835
3836 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
3837 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
3838 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
3839 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
3840 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
3841 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
3842
3843 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
3844 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
3845 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
3846
3847 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
3848 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
3849 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
3850 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
3851 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
3852 modifications of user data or system files from
3853 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
3854 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
3855
3856 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
3857 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
3858 and FIFOs in the file system.
3859
3860 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
3861 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
3862 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
3863
3864 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
3865 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
3866 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
3867 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
3868 the socket itself.
3869
3870 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
3871 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
3872 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
3873 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
3874 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
3875 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
3876 symlinks, and nothing else.
3877
3878 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
3879 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
3880 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
3881 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
3882 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
3883 process (for example, the parent process). The
3884 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
3885 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
3886 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
3887 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
3888 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
3889 messages to services when the originating process already
3890 vanished.
3891
3892 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
3893 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
3894 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
3895 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
3896 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
3897 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
3898 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
3899 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
3900 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
3901 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3902 all long-running services.
3903
3904 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3905 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3906 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3907 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3908 service.
3909
3910 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3911 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3912 applied to all submounts, too.
3913
3914 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3915
3916 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3917 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3918 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3919 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3920 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3921 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3922 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3923
3924 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
3925 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3926 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
3927 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
3928 (domU) domains.
3929
3930 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3931 files or entire directories.
3932
3933 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
3934 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3935 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3936 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
3937 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3938
3939 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3940 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3941 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3942 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
3943 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3944 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
3945 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
3946 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
3947 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3948 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3949 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3950 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3951
3952 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3953 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3954 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3955 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3956
3957 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3958 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
3959 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
3960 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
3961 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3962 non-directories.
3963
3964 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3965 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3966 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3967
3968 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3969 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3970 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3971 this group.
3972
3973 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3974 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3975 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3976 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3977 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3978 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3979 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3980
3981 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
3982
3983 CHANGES WITH 213:
3984
3985 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
3986 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
3987 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
3988 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
3989 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
3990 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
3991 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
3992 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
3993 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
3994 client should be more than appropriate for most
3995 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
3996 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
3997 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
3998 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
3999 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4000 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4001 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4002 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4003 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4004 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4005 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4006
4007 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4008 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4009 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4010 part of a different namespace.
4011
4012 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4013 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4014 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4015 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4016
4017 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4018 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4019 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4020
4021 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4022 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4023 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4024 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4025 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4026 restart the service in question.
4027
4028 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4029 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4030 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4031 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4032 details when running non-locally.
4033
4034 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4035 graphs it generates.
4036
4037 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4038 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4039 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4040 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4041 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4042
4043 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4044
4045 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4046 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4047 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4048 what it was on SysV systems.
4049
4050 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4051 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4052
4053 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4054 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4055 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4056 files.
4057
4058 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4059 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4060 to show these addresses in its output.
4061
4062 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4063 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4064 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4065 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4066 preferred over a text one.
4067
4068 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4069 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4070 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4071 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4072 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4073 mDNS cache.
4074
4075 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4076 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4077 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4078 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4079 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4080
4081 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4082 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4083 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4084 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4085 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4086
4087 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4088 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4089 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4090 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4091 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4092 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4093 overrides any other settings.
4094
4095 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4096 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4097 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4098 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4099 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4100 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4101 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4102 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4103 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4104 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4105 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4106 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4107 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4108 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4109 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4110 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4111 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4112
4113 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4114
4115 CHANGES WITH 212:
4116
4117 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4118 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4119 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4120 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4121 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4122 by accident.
4123
4124 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4125 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4126 registered with machined.
4127
4128 * sd-login gained new calls
4129 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4130 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4131 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4132 counterparts.
4133
4134 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4135 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4136 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4137 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4138 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4139 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4140 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4141 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4142 once.
4143
4144 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4145 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4146 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4147
4148 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4149 units on all local containers, when used with the
4150 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4151 executed when no parameters are specified).
4152
4153 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4154 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4155 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4156 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4157
4158 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4159 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4160 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4161 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4162 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4163 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4164
4165 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4166 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4167 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4168 of the container.
4169
4170 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4171 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4172 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4173 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4174 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4175 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4176 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4177 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4178
4179 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4180 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4181 instead of /.
4182
4183 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4184 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4185 emergency messages now.
4186
4187 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4188 journal log messages across the network.
4189
4190 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4191 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4192 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4193 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4194 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4195 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4196 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4197
4198 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4199 down a local OS container.
4200
4201 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4202 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4203 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4204
4205 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4206 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4207 this is appropriate.
4208
4209 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4210 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4211 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4212
4213 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4214 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4215 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4216 for debugging purposes.
4217
4218 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4219 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4220 in seconds.
4221
4222 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4223 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4224 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4225 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4226 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4227 like on traditional inetd.
4228
4229 * A new system.conf configuration option
4230 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4231 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4232
4233 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4234 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4235 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4236 do these days).
4237
4238 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4239 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4240 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4241 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4242 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4243 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4244
4245 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4246 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4247 it will be triggered.
4248
4249 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4250 addresses to its local interfaces.
4251
4252 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4253 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4254 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4255 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4256 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4257 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4258 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4259 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4260 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4261
4262 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4263
4264 CHANGES WITH 211:
4265
4266 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4267 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4268 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4269 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4270 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4271 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4272
4273 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4274 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4275 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4276 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4277 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4278 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4279 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4280 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4281 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4282
4283 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4284 matching against device group names.
4285
4286 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4287 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4288 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4289 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4290 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4291 though.
4292
4293 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4294 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4295 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4296 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4297 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4298 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4299 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4300 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4301 systems prepared appropriately.
4302
4303 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4304 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4305 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4306 (see above). This means that installations made with
4307 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4308 deployed using container managers, completely
4309 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4310 this feature soon, too.)
4311
4312 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4313 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4314 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4315 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4316
4317 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4318 using IPv4LL.
4319
4320 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4321 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4322 systemd-networkd.
4323
4324 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4325 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4326 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4327 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4328 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4329
4330 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4331 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4332 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4333 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4334 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4335 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4336 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4337 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4338 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4339 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4340 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4341 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4342 users.
4343
4344 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4345 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4346 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4347 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4348 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4349 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4350 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4351 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4352 due to a closed lid.
4353
4354 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4355 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4356 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4357 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4358 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4359 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4360
4361 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4362 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4363 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4364 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4365 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4366
4367 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4368 now also work in --scope mode.
4369
4370 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4371 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4372 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4373 promises are made.)
4374
4375 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4376 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4377 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4378 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4379 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4380 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4381 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4382 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4383 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4384 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4385
4386 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4387
4388 CHANGES WITH 210:
4389
4390 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4391 according to SMACK rules.
4392
4393 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4394 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4395
4396 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4397 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4398 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4399
4400 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4401 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4402 and machine ID.
4403
4404 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4405 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4406 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4407 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4408 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4409 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4410 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4411 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4412 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4413 backpack or similar.
4414
4415 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4416 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4417 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4418 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4419 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4420 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4421 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4422 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4423 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4424 this on its own.
4425
4426 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4427 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4428 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4429 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4430
4431 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4432 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4433 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4434 --network-bridge= switches.
4435
4436 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4437 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4438 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4439 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4440 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4441 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4442 each configuration option.
4443
4444 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4445 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4446 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4447 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4448 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4449
4450 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4451 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4452 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4453 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4454 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4455
4456 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4457 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4458 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4459 default however.
4460
4461 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4462 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4463 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4464 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4465 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4466 them with systemd-networkd.
4467
4468 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4469 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4470 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4471 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4472 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4473 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4474 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4475 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4476 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4477 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4478 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4479 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4480 during a transitional period!
4481
4482 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4483 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4484 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4485 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4486 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4487 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4488 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4489 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4490
4491 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4492
4493 CHANGES WITH 209:
4494
4495 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4496 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4497 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4498 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4499 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4500 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4501 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4502 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4503 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4504 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4505 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4506 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4507
4508 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4509 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4510 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4511 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4512 machines and the like.
4513
4514 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4515 shutdown/boot.
4516
4517 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4518 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4519
4520 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4521 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4522 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4523 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4524
4525 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4526 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4527 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4528 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4529 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4530 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4531
4532 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4533 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4534 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4535 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4536 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4537 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4538 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4539 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4540 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4541
4542 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4543 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4544
4545 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4546 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4547 implementation.
4548
4549 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4550 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
4551 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4552 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4553 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4554 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4555 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4556 and .service units.
4557
4558 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4559 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4560 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4561
4562 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
4563 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
4564 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
4565 nothing makes use of it.
4566
4567 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4568 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4569 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4570
4571 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4572 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4573 compatibility purposes.
4574
4575 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4576 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4577 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
4578 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
4579 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4580 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4581 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4582 process handling.
4583
4584 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4585 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4586 style to "sd-bus.h".
4587
4588 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4589 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
4590 "systemd-networkd".
4591
4592 * There is a new kernel command line option
4593 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4594 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4595 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4596 are not restored.
4597
4598 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4599 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4600 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4601 PID1's support for that anymore.
4602
4603 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
4604 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4605
4606 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4607 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4608 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4609 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4610 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4611 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4612
4613 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4614 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
4615 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4616 onto remote systems.
4617
4618 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4619 login in any local container. This works with any container
4620 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
4621 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
4622
4623 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4624 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4625 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4626 system of some kind.
4627
4628 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4629 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4630 next.
4631
4632 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4633 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4634 reboot() system call.
4635
4636 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4637 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
4638 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
4639 still available but not advertised anymore.
4640
4641 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4642 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
4643 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
4644 within each Unit.
4645
4646 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4647 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
4648 the kernel).
4649
4650 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
4651 timestamps (following the setting in
4652 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
4653
4654 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4655 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4656
4657 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4658 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4659
4660 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4661 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4662 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4663
4664 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4665 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
4666 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4667 the full configuration is shown.
4668
4669 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4670 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
4671 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4672
4673 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
4674
4675 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4676 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4677
4678 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
4679 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4680 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4681 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4682
4683 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4684 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4685 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4686 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4687
4688 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4689 of the legend text.
4690
4691 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4692 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4693 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4694 remote sessions.
4695
4696 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4697 information of SDIO devices.
4698
4699 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4700 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4701 the system manager.
4702
4703 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
4704 short description of the connection parameters in the
4705 description.
4706
4707 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
4708 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4709 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
4710 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4711 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4712 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4713 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
4714
4715 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4716 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
4717 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4718 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4719 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4720 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
4721 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
4722 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
4723 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4724
4725 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4726 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4727 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4728 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
4729 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4730 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
4731 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
4732 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
4733 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4734 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4735 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4736 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4737 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4738 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4739 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4740 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4741 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4742 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4743 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
4744 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4745 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
4746 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4747 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4748
4749 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
4750 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
4751 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4752 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4753 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4754 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
4755 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4756 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4757 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
4758 that you are aware of the instability of the current
4759 APIs.
4760
4761 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
4762 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
4763 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4764 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4765 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4766 declare the APIs stable.
4767
4768 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
4769 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
4770 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
4771 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
4772 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
4773 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
4774 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
4775 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
4776 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
4777 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
4778 one of them is updated.
4779
4780 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4781 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
4782 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
4783 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
4784 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
4785
4786 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
4787 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
4788 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4789 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
4790 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
4791 entry points.
4792
4793 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
4794 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
4795 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
4796 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
4797 been disabled at compile-time.
4798
4799 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
4800 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
4801 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
4802 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
4803
4804 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
4805 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
4806 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
4807
4808 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
4809 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
4810 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
4811
4812 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
4813 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
4814 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
4815
4816 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
4817 remains until jobs expire.
4818
4819 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
4820 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
4821 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
4822 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
4823 all remaining processes of the service.
4824
4825 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
4826 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
4827 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
4828 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
4829 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
4830 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
4831 manager process which created them takes no further
4832 responsibilities for it.
4833
4834 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
4835 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
4836 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
4837 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
4838 marked executable or world-writable.
4839
4840 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
4841 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
4842 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
4843 "--setenv=" for consistency.
4844
4845 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
4846 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
4847 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
4848 independent of the host.
4849
4850 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
4851 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
4852 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
4853 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
4854
4855 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
4856 with specific SELinux labels set.
4857
4858 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
4859 any additional output but the container's own console
4860 output.
4861
4862 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
4863 container without PID namespacing enabled.
4864
4865 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
4866 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
4867 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
4868 OS images, but only specific apps.
4869
4870 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
4871 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
4872 results in registration of the unit service itself in
4873 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
4874
4875 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
4876 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4877 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
4878 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
4879 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
4880 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
4881
4882 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
4883 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
4884 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
4885 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
4886 units to use.
4887
4888 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
4889 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
4890 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
4891 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
4892
4893 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
4894 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
4895 context for a service.
4896
4897 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
4898 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
4899 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
4900 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
4901 influence this logic.
4902
4903 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4904 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4905 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4906 other things.
4907
4908 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
4909 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
4910 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4911 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
4912 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4913 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4914 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4915 architectures). There is also a global
4916 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
4917 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4918
4919 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4920 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4921
4922 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4923 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4924 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4925 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4926 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4927 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4928 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4929 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4930 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4931 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4932 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4933 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4934 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4935 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4936 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4937 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4938 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4939 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4940 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4941 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4942 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4943 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4944 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4945 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4946
4947 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
4948
4949 CHANGES WITH 208:
4950
4951 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4952 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4953 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4954 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4955 access input and drm devices which are normally
4956 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4957 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4958 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4959 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4960 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4961 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4962 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4963 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4964
4965 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
4966 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
4967 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4968
4969 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4970 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4971 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4972 kernel version number.
4973
4974 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4975 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
4976 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
4977
4978 * This release removes high-level support for the
4979 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4980 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4981 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
4982 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
4983
4984 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4985 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4986 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
4987 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
4988 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
4989 cgroup system.
4990
4991 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
4992 messages containing the slice a message was generated
4993 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
4994 logs among other things.
4995
4996 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
4997 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
4998 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
4999 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5000 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5001 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5002 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5003 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5004 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5005 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5006 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5007 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5008 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5009 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5010 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5011 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5012 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5013 not delayed until next reboot.
5014
5015 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5016 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5017 systemd generated files in one directory.
5018
5019 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5020 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5021 performance information if that's available to determine how
5022 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5023 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5024 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5025
5026 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5027 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5028 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5029 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5030 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5031 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5032 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5033
5034 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5035
5036 CHANGES WITH 207:
5037
5038 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5039 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5040 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5041 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5042
5043 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5044 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5045 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5046 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5047 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5048
5049 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5050 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5051
5052 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5053 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5054 maximum number of tries.
5055
5056 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5057 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5058 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5059
5060 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5061 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5062
5063 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5064 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5065 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5066
5067 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5068 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5069 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5070
5071 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5072 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5073 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5074 and type).
5075
5076 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5077 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5078
5079 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5080 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5081 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5082 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5083
5084 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5085 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5086 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5087 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5088 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5089 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5090 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5091 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5092
5093 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5094 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5095 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5096 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5097
5098 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5099 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5100 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5101 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5102 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5103 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5104 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5105
5106 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5107 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5108
5109 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5110 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5111 automatically after the process terminated.
5112
5113 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5114 certain paths from operation.
5115
5116 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5117 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5118 is received.
5119
5120 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5121 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5122 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5123 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5124 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5125 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5126 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5127 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5128 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5129 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5130 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5131 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5132 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5133
5134 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5135
5136 CHANGES WITH 206:
5137
5138 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5139 concepts introduced with 205.
5140
5141 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5142 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5143 -r".
5144
5145 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5146 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5147 --state= parameter.
5148
5149 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5150 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5151 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5152 the journal.
5153
5154 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5155 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5156 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5157
5158 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5159 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5160 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5161 browsing logs from that point on.
5162
5163 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5164 of an FSS key.
5165
5166 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5167 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5168 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5169 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5170 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5171 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5172 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5173 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5174 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5175 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5176 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5177 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5178 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5179 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5180
5181 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5182 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5183 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5184 backing module right-away.
5185
5186 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5187 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5188
5189 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5190 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5191
5192 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5193 set of processes in the message metadata.
5194
5195 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5196
5197 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5198 support for passing performance data via environment
5199 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5200 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5201 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5202 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5203 deserialize it again.
5204
5205 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5206 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5207 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5208 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5209
5210 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5211 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5212 completely silent shutdown when used.
5213
5214 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5215 option in .socket units.
5216
5217 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5218 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5219 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5220 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5221 system.slice as before.
5222
5223 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5224
5225 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5226 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5227 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5228 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5229 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5230 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5231 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5232
5233 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5234
5235 CHANGES WITH 205:
5236
5237 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5238
5239 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5240 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5241 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5242 possible for system services and applications to group their
5243 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5244 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5245 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5246
5247 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5248 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5249 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5250 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5251 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5252
5253 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5254 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5255 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5256 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5257
5258 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5259 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5260 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5261 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5262 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5263 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5264 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5265 and useful as a general batch manager.
5266
5267 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5268 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5269 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5270 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5271 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5272 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5273 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5274 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5275 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5276 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5277
5278 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5279 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5280 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5281 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5282 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5283 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5284 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5285 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5286 is compile-time optional.
5287
5288 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5289 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5290 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5291 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5292 well as slice units.
5293
5294 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5295 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5296 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5297 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5298 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5299 command that wraps this call.
5300
5301 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5302 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5303 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5304 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5305 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5306 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5307 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5308
5309 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5310 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5311 off audit.
5312
5313 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5314 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5315
5316 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5317 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5318 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5319 and system logs.
5320
5321 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5322 snippets extending unit files.
5323
5324 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5325 not available as public API.
5326
5327 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5328 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5329 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5330
5331 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5332 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5333 controls what to boot into by default.
5334
5335 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5336 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5337
5338 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5339 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5340 about the unit file loading.
5341
5342 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5343 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5344 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5345 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5346 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5347 racy due to journal file rotation.
5348
5349 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5350 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5351 all services.
5352
5353 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5354 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5355 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5356 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5357 system services want to log events about specific client
5358 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5359 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5360 unit is requested.
5361
5362 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5363 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5364 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5365 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5366 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5367 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5368 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5369 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5370 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5371 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5372 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5373 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5374 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5375
5376 CHANGES WITH 204:
5377
5378 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5379 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5380
5381 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5382 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5383 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5384
5385 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5386 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5387
5388 CHANGES WITH 203:
5389
5390 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5391 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5392
5393 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5394 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5395 fields, including the root directory.
5396
5397 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5398 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5399 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5400 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5401 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5402 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5403 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5404 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5405 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5406 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5407 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5408
5409 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5410 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5411
5412 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5413 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5414
5415 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5416 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5417 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5418 the local hostname.
5419
5420 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5421 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5422 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5423 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5424 VMs/containers coming and going.
5425
5426 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5427 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5428 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5429
5430 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5431 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5432 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5433 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5434
5435 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5436 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5437 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5438
5439 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5440 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5441 services. With the container's root directory in
5442 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5443 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5444
5445 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5446 the processes within a certain container.
5447
5448 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5449 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5450 check though. Patches welcome!
5451
5452 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5453 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5454 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5455 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5456 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5457
5458 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5459 the passed argument if applicable.
5460
5461 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5462 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5463 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5464 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5465 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5466 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5467 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5468 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5469
5470 CHANGES WITH 202:
5471
5472 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5473 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5474 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5475 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5476 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5477 units activate.
5478
5479 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5480 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5481 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5482 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5483 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5484 for now, and not installable.
5485
5486 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5487 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5488 can run in conjunction with udev.
5489
5490 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5491 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5492 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5493 session manager.
5494
5495 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5496 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5497 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5498 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5499 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5500 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5501 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5502 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5503 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5504 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5505 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5506
5507 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5508
5509 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5510 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5511 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5512 logical expressions.
5513
5514 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5515 switches.
5516
5517 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5518 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5519 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5520 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5521 the user.
5522
5523 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5524 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5525 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5526 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5527 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5528 an entry.
5529
5530 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5531 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5532 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5533 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5534 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5535 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5536
5537 CHANGES WITH 201:
5538
5539 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5540 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5541 directory.
5542
5543 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5544 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5545 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5546 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5547 problem.
5548
5549 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5550 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5551 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5552 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5553
5554 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5555 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5556
5557 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5558 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5559 files in this context are files such as
5560 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5561
5562 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5563 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5564 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5565 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5566 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5567 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5568
5569 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5570 hostnames.
5571
5572 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5573 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5574 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5575 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5576 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5577 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5578 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5579 all time-related output of systemd.
5580
5581 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5582 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5583 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5584 loops.
5585
5586 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5587 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5588
5589 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5590 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
5591 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
5592 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5593 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5594
5595 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5596 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5597 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5598 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5599 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5600 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5601 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5602
5603 CHANGES WITH 200:
5604
5605 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5606 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5607 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5608 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5609 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5610 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5611
5612 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5613 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5614 images.
5615
5616 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5617 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5618 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5619
5620 CHANGES WITH 199:
5621
5622 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5623
5624 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5625 security policy.
5626
5627 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5628 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5629 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5630 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5631 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5632 the same service can still access). When a service is
5633 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
5634 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
5635 this though).
5636
5637 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5638 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5639 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5640 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5641 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5642 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5643
5644 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
5645 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
5646
5647 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5648 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5649
5650 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5651
5652 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
5653 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5654 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5655 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5656 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
5657
5658 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5659 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5660 system is to be mounted.
5661
5662 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5663 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5664 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5665 purpose for socket units.
5666
5667 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5668 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5669
5670 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5671 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
5672 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
5673 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
5674 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
5675
5676 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5677 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5678 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5679 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5680 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5681 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5682 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5683 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5684 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5685
5686 CHANGES WITH 198:
5687
5688 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5689 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5690 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5691 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5692 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
5693 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
5694 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5695 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5696 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
5697 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5698 unit files locally: copying the files from
5699 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5700 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5701 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5702 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
5703 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
5704 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5705 for them too.
5706
5707 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
5708 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
5709 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5710 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5711 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5712 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5713 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
5714 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5715 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
5716
5717 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5718 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5719
5720 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
5721 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5722 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5723 other users.
5724
5725 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5726 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5727 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5728 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5729 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
5730 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
5731 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5732 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
5733 management logic is also available to other programs via the
5734 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5735 supported.
5736
5737 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
5738 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5739 the foreground VT.
5740
5741 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5742 call.
5743
5744 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5745 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5746 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
5747 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5748 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5749 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
5750 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5751 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5752 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5753 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5754 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5755 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5756 also been removed.
5757
5758 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
5759 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
5760 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5761 objects themselves.
5762
5763 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5764
5765 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5766 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
5767 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
5768 to how this is supported in shells.
5769
5770 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5771 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5772 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5773 user systemd instance.
5774
5775 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
5776 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
5777 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
5778 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
5779 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
5780 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
5781 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
5782 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
5783 one day for good in the kernel.
5784
5785 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
5786 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
5787 container.
5788
5789 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
5790 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
5791 the host into the container.
5792
5793 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
5794 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
5795 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
5796 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
5797 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
5798 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
5799
5800 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
5801
5802 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
5803 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
5804 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
5805 configured to be mounted there.
5806
5807 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
5808 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
5809 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
5810 system resume events.
5811
5812 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
5813 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
5814 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
5815 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
5816
5817 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
5818 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
5819 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
5820 card).
5821
5822 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
5823 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
5824 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
5825
5826 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
5827 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
5828 later "change" event.
5829
5830 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
5831 now carry a message ID.
5832
5833 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
5834 continues to be work in progress.
5835
5836 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
5837 root directory to operate relative to.
5838
5839 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
5840 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
5841 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
5842 times a little.
5843
5844 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
5845 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
5846 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
5847 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
5848 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
5849 request boot into firmware operations.
5850
5851 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
5852 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
5853 correctly in initrds.
5854
5855 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
5856 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
5857
5858 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
5859 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
5860
5861 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
5862 the status of all active or failed units.
5863
5864 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
5865 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
5866 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
5867 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
5868 requests more robust.
5869
5870 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
5871 reading journal files.
5872
5873 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
5874 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
5875
5876 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
5877
5878 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
5879 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
5880
5881 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
5882 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
5883 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
5884 socket activation in daemons.
5885
5886 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
5887 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
5888
5889 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
5890 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
5891 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
5892
5893 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
5894 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
5895 system units.
5896
5897 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
5898 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
5899 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
5900
5901 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5902 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5903 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
5904 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
5905 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5906 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5907 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5908 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5909 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5910 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5911 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
5912 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
5913 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5914 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5915 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5916 package installation time.
5917
5918 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5919 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5920 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5921 installation time.
5922
5923 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5924 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5925
5926 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5927
5928 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5929 available.
5930
5931 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5932 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5933
5934 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5935 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5936 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5937 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5938 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5939 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5940 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5941 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5942 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5943 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5944 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5945 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5946 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5947 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5948
5949 CHANGES WITH 197:
5950
5951 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5952 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5953 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5954 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5955 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5956 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5957 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5958 the supported calendar time specification language see
5959 systemd.time(7).
5960
5961 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5962 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5963 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5964 document for details:
5965
5966 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
5967
5968 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
5969 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5970 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
5971 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5972 dependencies.
5973
5974 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5975 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5976 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5977 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5978 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5979 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5980 with a configure switch.
5981
5982 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5983 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5984 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5985 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5986 such as ext4.
5987
5988 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
5989 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
5990 identities are attached to the devices as well.
5991
5992 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
5993 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
5994
5995 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
5996 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
5997 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
5998 using only core OS tools.
5999
6000 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6001 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6002 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6003 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6004 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6005 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6006 eventually.
6007
6008 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6009 presenting log data.
6010
6011 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6012 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6013
6014 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6015 system on idle.
6016
6017 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6018 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6019 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6020 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6021 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6022 information if possible.
6023
6024 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6025 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6026 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6027
6028 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6029 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6030 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6031 is running on battery power.
6032
6033 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6034 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6035 is in the "failed" state.
6036
6037 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6038 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6039 environment files at once.
6040
6041 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6042 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6043 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6044 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6045 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6046 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6047 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6048 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6049 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6050 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6051 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6052 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6053 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6054
6055 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6056 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6057
6058 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6059 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6060
6061 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6062 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6063 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6064 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6065 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6066 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6067 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6068 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6069 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6070 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6071 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6072 shipped from us upstream.
6073
6074 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6075 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6076 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6077 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6078 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6079 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6080 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6081 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6082 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6083 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6084 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6085 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6086 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6087
6088 CHANGES WITH 196:
6089
6090 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6091 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6092 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6093 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6094 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6095 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6096 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6097 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6098 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6099 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6100 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6101 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6102 data for all devices where this is available, by
6103 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6104 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6105 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6106 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6107 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6108 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6109
6110 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6111 indexed database to link up additional information with
6112 journal entries. For further details please check:
6113
6114 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6115
6116 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6117 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6118 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6119 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6120 macro for this purpose.
6121
6122 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6123 Python logging framework.
6124
6125 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6126 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6127 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6128 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6129 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6130 time intervals.
6131
6132 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6133 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6134 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6135
6136 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6137 right-away on the selected coredump.
6138
6139 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6140 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6141 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6142
6143 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6144 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6145 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6146 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6147
6148 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6149 default.
6150
6151 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6152 SMACK security label.
6153
6154 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6155 daylight saving change.
6156
6157 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6158 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6159 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6160 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6161 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6162 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6163 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6164
6165 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6166 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6167 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6168 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6169 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6170 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6171 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6172 PolicyKit is not around.
6173
6174 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6175 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6176
6177 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6178 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6179 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6180 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6181 offline updating tools.
6182
6183 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6184 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6185 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6186 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6187 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6188 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6189
6190 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6191 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6192
6193 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6194 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6195 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6196 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6197 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6198 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6199 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6200 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6201 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6202
6203 CHANGES WITH 195:
6204
6205 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6206 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6207 units via --unit=/-u.
6208
6209 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6210 right thing.
6211
6212 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6213 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6214 rotation.
6215
6216 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6217 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6218 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6219 completion of journalctl has been updated
6220 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6221 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6222
6223 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6224 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6225
6226 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6227 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6228 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6229 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6230 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6231 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6232 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6233 completion.
6234
6235 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6236 extract coredumps from the journal.
6237
6238 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6239 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6240 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6241 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6242 scratch their heads.
6243
6244 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6245 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6246
6247 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6248 in immediate termination of systemd.
6249
6250 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6251 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6252
6253 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6254 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6255 mouse screen support has been added.
6256
6257 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6258 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6259
6260 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6261 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6262 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6263 "systemctl reload".
6264
6265 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6266 -u" instead.
6267
6268 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6269 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6270 configured.
6271
6272 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6273 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6274
6275 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6276 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6277 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6278 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6279 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6280 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6281 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6282
6283 CHANGES WITH 194:
6284
6285 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6286 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6287 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6288 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6289 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6290 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6291 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6292 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6293 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6294 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6295 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6296 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6297
6298 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6299 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6300 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6301
6302 CHANGES WITH 193:
6303
6304 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6305 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6306
6307 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6308 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6309 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6310
6311 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6312 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6313 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6314 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6315 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6316 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6317 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6318
6319 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6320 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6321
6322 This will download the journal contents in a
6323 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6324
6325 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6326
6327 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6328 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6329 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6330 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6331 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6332
6333 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6334
6335 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6336 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6337
6338 CHANGES WITH 192:
6339
6340 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6341 too.
6342
6343 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6344 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6345 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6346 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6347 just start them.
6348
6349 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6350 and line break accordingly.
6351
6352 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6353 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6354
6355 CHANGES WITH 191:
6356
6357 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6358 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6359 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6360 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6361 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6362
6363 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6364 will default to 10 if omitted.
6365
6366 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6367 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6368 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6369 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6370 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6371
6372 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6373 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6374 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6375 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6376 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6377 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6378 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6379
6380 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6381 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6382 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6383 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6384 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6385 into two.
6386
6387 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6388 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6389
6390 CHANGES WITH 190:
6391
6392 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6393 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6394 "systemctl status".
6395
6396 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6397 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6398 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6399 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6400 field.)
6401
6402 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6403 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6404 default.
6405
6406 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6407 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6408 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6409 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6410 in a container.
6411
6412 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6413 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6414 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6415 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6416 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6417 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6418
6419 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6420 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6421 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6422 no-op.
6423
6424 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6425 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6426 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6427 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6428 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6429
6430 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6431 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6432
6433 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6434 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6435 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6436 command.
6437
6438 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6439 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6440 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6441
6442 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6443
6444 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6445 multiple files at once.
6446
6447 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6448 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6449 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6450 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6451 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6452 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6453 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6454
6455 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6456 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6457 now support specifiers as well.
6458
6459 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6460 dir: %_presetdir.
6461
6462 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6463 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6464
6465 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6466 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6467 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6468 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6469 anymore.
6470
6471 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6472 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6473 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6474 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6475
6476 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6477 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6478 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6479
6480 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6481 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6482 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6483 sockets.
6484
6485 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6486 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6487 is changed.
6488
6489 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6490 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6491 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6492 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6493 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6494 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6495 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6496
6497 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6498
6499 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6500 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6501
6502 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6503 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6504
6505 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6506 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6507 (%b).
6508
6509 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6510 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6511 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6512 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6513 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6514 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6515 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6516
6517 CHANGES WITH 189:
6518
6519 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6520 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6521
6522 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6523 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6524 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6525 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6526 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6527 syslog daemons again.
6528
6529 * The libudev API gained the new
6530 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6531
6532 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6533 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6534 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6535 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6536
6537 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6538 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6539 container.
6540
6541 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6542 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6543 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6544 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6545 this explaining it in more detail.
6546
6547 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6548 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6549 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6550 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6551
6552 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6553 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6554 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6555 journal files.
6556
6557 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6558 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6559 as container init process a lot more fun.
6560
6561 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6562 entries.
6563
6564 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6565 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6566 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6567 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6568 different sets of services.
6569
6570 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6571 failure state.
6572
6573 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
6574 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6575 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6576
6577 CHANGES WITH 188:
6578
6579 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6580 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6581 tree a lot more organized.
6582
6583 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6584 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6585
6586 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6587 services.
6588
6589 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6590 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6591 filtering by log level now.
6592
6593 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6594 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6595 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6596
6597 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
6598 command lines involving service unit names.
6599
6600 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6601 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6602
6603 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6604 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6605 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6606
6607 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6608 option.
6609
6610 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6611 a shutdown is cancelled.
6612
6613 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6614 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6615 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6616 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6617 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6618
6619 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6620 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6621 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6622 for display managers instead.
6623
6624 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6625 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6626 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6627 protection, and suchlike.
6628
6629 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6630 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6631 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6632 the service.
6633
6634 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6635 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6636 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6637 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6638 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6639 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6640
6641 CHANGES WITH 187:
6642
6643 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6644 pages.
6645
6646 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6647 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6648 data loss.
6649
6650 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
6651 option.
6652
6653 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6654
6655 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6656 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6657
6658 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6659 specific directory.
6660
6661 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6662 messages of two different boots.
6663
6664 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6665 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6666 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6667
6668 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6669 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6670 disjunctions.
6671
6672 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6673 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6674 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6675
6676 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6677 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6678 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6679
6680 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6681 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6682 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6683 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6684 speed things up a bit.
6685
6686 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6687 header data of journal files.
6688
6689 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6690 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6691 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6692
6693 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6694 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6695 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6696 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6697
6698 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6699
6700 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6701 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6702 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6703 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6704
6705 CHANGES WITH 186:
6706
6707 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6708 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6709 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6710 prefixed with rd.
6711
6712 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6713 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6714
6715 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6716
6717 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6718
6719 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
6720
6721 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6722 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6723 as well.
6724
6725 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6726 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6727 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6728
6729 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6730 does the right thing. Example:
6731
6732 udevadm info /dev/sda
6733 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6734
6735 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6736 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6737 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6738 running.
6739
6740 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6741 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6742
6743 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6744 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6745
6746 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6747 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6748 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6749 files.
6750
6751 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6752 be stopped that is not loaded.
6753
6754 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6755
6756 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6757
6758 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6759 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6760 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6761 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6762
6763 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6764 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6765 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6766 completed initialization.
6767
6768 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6769
6770 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6771 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6772 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6773 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
6774 distributions.
6775
6776 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
6777 always valid when services log to the journal via
6778 STDOUT/STDERR.
6779
6780 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
6781 command line options we understand.
6782
6783 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
6784 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
6785
6786 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
6787 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
6788
6789 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
6790 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
6791 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
6792 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
6793
6794 systemctl status /home
6795 systemctl status /dev/sda
6796
6797 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
6798 system.conf parsing.
6799
6800 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
6801 Manager object.
6802
6803 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
6804
6805 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
6806
6807 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
6808 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
6809 complete.
6810
6811 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
6812 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
6813 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
6814 systemd-fsck@.service.
6815
6816 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
6817 Manager object.
6818
6819 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
6820 work sensibly.
6821
6822 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
6823 we actually understand.
6824
6825 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
6826 additional capabilities to the container.
6827
6828 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
6829 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
6830 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
6831
6832 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
6833 the current boot only.
6834
6835 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
6836 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
6837
6838 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
6839 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
6840 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
6841 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
6842 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
6843
6844 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6845
6846 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
6847 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6848 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
6849 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
6850
6851 CHANGES WITH 185:
6852
6853 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
6854 available.
6855
6856 * Several new man pages have been added.
6857
6858 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
6859 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
6860 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
6861 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
6862
6863 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
6864 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
6865
6866 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
6867 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6868 Matthias Clasen
6869
6870 CHANGES WITH 184:
6871
6872 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
6873 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
6874
6875 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
6876 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
6877 daemon.
6878
6879 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
6880 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
6881
6882 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
6883 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
6884 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
6885 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
6886
6887 CHANGES WITH 183:
6888
6889 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
6890 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
6891 and systemd's most recent version number.
6892
6893 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
6894 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
6895 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
6896 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
6897 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
6898 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
6899
6900 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
6901 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6902 subsystems.
6903
6904 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6905 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6906 used to subscribe to events.
6907
6908 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6909 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6910 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6911 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
6912 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
6913 forked by udev rules.
6914
6915 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6916 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6917 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6918 it.
6919
6920 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
6921 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6922 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6923 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
6924 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
6925
6926 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
6927 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
6928
6929 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6930 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6931 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6932 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6933
6934 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6935 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6936 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6937 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6938 to be used as drop-in files.
6939
6940 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
6941 particular suspending and hibernating.
6942
6943 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6944 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6945 about this in more detail.
6946
6947 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
6948 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
6949 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6950 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6951 from git history and add them downstream.
6952
6953 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6954 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
6955 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
6956 units.
6957
6958 * All smaller setup units (such as
6959 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6960 are run in a container and are skipped when
6961 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6962 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6963
6964 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6965 integrated, for details see:
6966 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
6967
6968 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6969 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6970 messages.
6971
6972 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6973 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
6974 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6975 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6976 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6977
6978 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6979 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6980 for all units started by PID 1.
6981
6982 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6983 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6984 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6985
6986 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
6987 of PID 1 anymore.
6988
6989 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
6990 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
6991 have not been read by systemd yet.
6992
6993 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
6994 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
6995 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
6996 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
6997 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
6998 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
6999
7000 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7001 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7002
7003 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7004
7005 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7006 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7007 so sexy.
7008
7009 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7010 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7011 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7012 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7013 patterns.
7014
7015 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7016 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7017 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7018 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7019
7020 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7021 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7022
7023 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7024 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7025 in systemd now.
7026
7027 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7028 ID on the command line.
7029
7030 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7031 for an init system.
7032
7033 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7034 vt100.
7035
7036 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7037
7038 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7039 components now have directories of their own.
7040
7041 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7042
7043 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7044 container in other hierarchies.
7045
7046 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7047 system.conf.
7048
7049 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7050
7051 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7052 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7053
7054 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7055 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7056
7057 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7058 locally generated journal files.
7059
7060 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7061
7062 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7063
7064 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7065 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7066 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7067 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7068 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7069 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7070 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7071 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7072 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7073 Gundersen
7074
7075 CHANGES WITH 44:
7076
7077 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7078
7079 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7080 KVM or container configured UUID.
7081
7082 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7083
7084 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7085
7086 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7087 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7088
7089 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7090
7091 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7092 folks
7093
7094 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7095 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7096 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7097
7098 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7099 configuration
7100
7101 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7102 free fashion
7103
7104 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7105 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7106 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7107 automatically generated data.
7108
7109 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7110 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7111 however.
7112
7113 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7114 tarball.
7115
7116 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7117 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7118 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7119 Reding
7120
7121 CHANGES WITH 43:
7122
7123 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7124
7125 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7126
7127 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7128
7129 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7130 normal user logins.
7131
7132 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7133 Biebl
7134
7135 CHANGES WITH 42:
7136
7137 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7138
7139 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7140 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7141 xsltproc.
7142
7143 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7144 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7145 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7146
7147 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7148 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7149 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7150
7151 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7152
7153 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7154 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7155 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7156
7157 CHANGES WITH 41:
7158
7159 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7160 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7161 package update.
7162
7163 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7164 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7165 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7166
7167 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7168 complete.
7169
7170 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7171 understood to set system wide environment variables
7172 dynamically at boot.
7173
7174 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7175
7176 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7177 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7178 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7179 files.
7180
7181 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7182 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7183 William Douglas
7184
7185 CHANGES WITH 40:
7186
7187 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7188
7189 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7190 "Result" D-Bus property.
7191
7192 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7193 the next few releases.)
7194
7195 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7196 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7197 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7198 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7199
7200 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7201 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7202 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7203
7204 CHANGES WITH 39:
7205
7206 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7207 bugfixes.
7208
7209 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7210 resource usage.
7211
7212 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7213 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7214 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7215 journals by the respective users.
7216
7217 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7218 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7219 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7220
7221 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7222 client for all entries.
7223
7224 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7225
7226 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7227 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7228
7229 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7230 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7231 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7232 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7233
7234 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7235 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7236 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7237
7238 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7239 journal along with meta data.
7240
7241 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7242 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7243 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7244
7245 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7246 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7247 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7248
7249 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7250
7251 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7252 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7253 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7254 or fsck.
7255
7256 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7257 requested with new -k switch.
7258
7259 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7260 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7261
7262 CHANGES WITH 38:
7263
7264 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7265 bugfixes.
7266
7267 * The git repository moved to:
7268 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7269 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7270
7271 * First release with the journal
7272 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7273
7274 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7275 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7276
7277 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7278
7279 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7280
7281 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7282 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7283 remote mounts.
7284
7285 * Added Mageia support
7286
7287 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7288
7289 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7290 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7291 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7292 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7293 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7294
7295 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7296 of existing distributions.
7297
7298 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7299 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7300
7301 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7302 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7303 boot.
7304
7305 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7306
7307 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7308 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7309 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7310 among other things.
7311
7312 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7313 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7314
7315 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7316
7317 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7318 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7319 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7320
7321 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7322 restored.
7323
7324 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7325 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7326 kmod
7327
7328 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7329 of /usr/local by default.
7330
7331 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7332 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7333 in:
7334 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7335
7336 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7337 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7338 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7339 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7340 supported anyway, and bad style).
7341
7342 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7343 reloading of units together.
7344
7345 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7346 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7347 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7348 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7349 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek